// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// OpenZeppelin contracts
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
// LooksRare interfaces
import {ICurrencyManager} from "./interfaces/ICurrencyManager.sol";
import {IExecutionManager} from "./interfaces/IExecutionManager.sol";
import {IExecutionStrategy} from "./interfaces/IExecutionStrategy.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeManager} from "./interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeManager.sol";
import {ILooksRareExchange} from "./interfaces/ILooksRareExchange.sol";
import {ITransferManagerNFT} from "./interfaces/ITransferManagerNFT.sol";
import {ITransferSelectorNFT} from "./interfaces/ITransferSelectorNFT.sol";
import {IWETH} from "./interfaces/IWETH.sol";
// LooksRare libraries
import {OrderTypes} from "./libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
import {SignatureChecker} from "./libraries/SignatureChecker.sol";
/**
 * @title LooksRareExchange
 * @notice It is the core contract of the LooksRare exchange.
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRAR'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''OOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKS:.                                        .;OOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOO,.                                            .,KSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRAREL'                ..',;:LOOKS::;,'..                'RARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRAR.              .,:LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELO:,.              .RELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKS:.             .;RARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSl;.             .:OOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOO;.            .'OKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARE'.            .;KSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRAREL,.            .,LOOKSRARELOOK:;;:"""":;;;lELOOKSRARELO,.            .,RARELOOKSR
LOOKSRAR.             .;okLOOKSRAREx:.              .;OOKSRARELOOK;.             .RELOOKSR
LOOKS:.             .:dOOOLOOKSRARE'      .''''..     .OKSRARELOOKSR:.             .LOOKSR
LOx;.             .cKSRARELOOKSRAR'     'LOOKSRAR'     .KSRARELOOKSRARc..            .OKSR
L;.             .cxOKSRARELOOKSRAR.    .LOOKS.RARE'     ;kRARELOOKSRARExc.             .;R
LO'             .;oOKSRARELOOKSRAl.    .LOOKS.RARE.     :kRARELOOKSRAREo;.             'SR
LOOK;.            .,KSRARELOOKSRAx,     .;LOOKSR;.     .oSRARELOOKSRAo,.            .;OKSR
LOOKSk:.            .'RARELOOKSRARd;.      ....       'oOOOOOOOOOOxc'.            .:LOOKSR
LOOKSRARc.             .:dLOOKSRAREko;.            .,lxOOOOOOOOOd:.             .ARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELo'             .;oOKSRARELOOxoc;,....,;:ldkOOOOOOOOkd;.             'SRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOd,.            .,lSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRkl,.            .,OKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSx;.            ..;oxELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOkxl:..            .:LOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARc.              .':cOKSRARELOOKSRALOc;'.              .ARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELl'                 ...'',,,,''...                 'SRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOo,.                                          .,OKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSx;.                                      .;xOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLO:.                                  .:SRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKl.                              .lOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRo'.                        .'oLOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARd;.                    .;xRELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELO:.                .:kRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKl.            .cOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRo'        'oLOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARE,.  .,dRELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
 */
contract LooksRareExchange is ILooksRareExchange, ReentrancyGuard, Ownable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    using OrderTypes for OrderTypes.MakerOrder;
    using OrderTypes for OrderTypes.TakerOrder;
    address public immutable WETH;
    bytes32 public immutable DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    address public protocolFeeRecipient;
    ICurrencyManager public currencyManager;
    IExecutionManager public executionManager;
    IRoyaltyFeeManager public royaltyFeeManager;
    ITransferSelectorNFT public transferSelectorNFT;
    mapping(address => uint256) public userMinOrderNonce;
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => bool)) private _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled;
    event CancelAllOrders(address indexed user, uint256 newMinNonce);
    event CancelMultipleOrders(address indexed user, uint256[] orderNonces);
    event NewCurrencyManager(address indexed currencyManager);
    event NewExecutionManager(address indexed executionManager);
    event NewProtocolFeeRecipient(address indexed protocolFeeRecipient);
    event NewRoyaltyFeeManager(address indexed royaltyFeeManager);
    event NewTransferSelectorNFT(address indexed transferSelectorNFT);
    event RoyaltyPayment(
        address indexed collection,
        uint256 indexed tokenId,
        address indexed royaltyRecipient,
        address currency,
        uint256 amount
    );
    event TakerAsk(
        bytes32 orderHash, // bid hash of the maker order
        uint256 orderNonce, // user order nonce
        address indexed taker, // sender address for the taker ask order
        address indexed maker, // maker address of the initial bid order
        address indexed strategy, // strategy that defines the execution
        address currency, // currency address
        address collection, // collection address
        uint256 tokenId, // tokenId transferred
        uint256 amount, // amount of tokens transferred
        uint256 price // final transacted price
    );
    event TakerBid(
        bytes32 orderHash, // ask hash of the maker order
        uint256 orderNonce, // user order nonce
        address indexed taker, // sender address for the taker bid order
        address indexed maker, // maker address of the initial ask order
        address indexed strategy, // strategy that defines the execution
        address currency, // currency address
        address collection, // collection address
        uint256 tokenId, // tokenId transferred
        uint256 amount, // amount of tokens transferred
        uint256 price // final transacted price
    );
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _currencyManager currency manager address
     * @param _executionManager execution manager address
     * @param _royaltyFeeManager royalty fee manager address
     * @param _WETH wrapped ether address (for other chains, use wrapped native asset)
     * @param _protocolFeeRecipient protocol fee recipient
     */
    constructor(
        address _currencyManager,
        address _executionManager,
        address _royaltyFeeManager,
        address _WETH,
        address _protocolFeeRecipient
    ) {
        // Calculate the domain separator
        DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = keccak256(
            abi.encode(
                0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f, // keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)")
                0xda9101ba92939daf4bb2e18cd5f942363b9297fbc3232c9dd964abb1fb70ed71, // keccak256("LooksRareExchange")
                0xc89efdaa54c0f20c7adf612882df0950f5a951637e0307cdcb4c672f298b8bc6, // keccak256(bytes("1")) for versionId = 1
                block.chainid,
                address(this)
            )
        );
        currencyManager = ICurrencyManager(_currencyManager);
        executionManager = IExecutionManager(_executionManager);
        royaltyFeeManager = IRoyaltyFeeManager(_royaltyFeeManager);
        WETH = _WETH;
        protocolFeeRecipient = _protocolFeeRecipient;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all pending orders for a sender
     * @param minNonce minimum user nonce
     */
    function cancelAllOrdersForSender(uint256 minNonce) external {
        require(minNonce > userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender], "Cancel: Order nonce lower than current");
        require(minNonce < userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender] + 500000, "Cancel: Cannot cancel more orders");
        userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender] = minNonce;
        emit CancelAllOrders(msg.sender, minNonce);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel maker orders
     * @param orderNonces array of order nonces
     */
    function cancelMultipleMakerOrders(uint256[] calldata orderNonces) external {
        require(orderNonces.length > 0, "Cancel: Cannot be empty");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < orderNonces.length; i++) {
            require(orderNonces[i] >= userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender], "Cancel: Order nonce lower than current");
            _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[msg.sender][orderNonces[i]] = true;
        }
        emit CancelMultipleOrders(msg.sender, orderNonces);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match ask with a taker bid order using ETH
     * @param takerBid taker bid order
     * @param makerAsk maker ask order
     */
    function matchAskWithTakerBidUsingETHAndWETH(
        OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid,
        OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk
    ) external payable override nonReentrant {
        require((makerAsk.isOrderAsk) && (!takerBid.isOrderAsk), "Order: Wrong sides");
        require(makerAsk.currency == WETH, "Order: Currency must be WETH");
        require(msg.sender == takerBid.taker, "Order: Taker must be the sender");
        // If not enough ETH to cover the price, use WETH
        if (takerBid.price > msg.value) {
            IERC20(WETH).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), (takerBid.price - msg.value));
        } else {
            require(takerBid.price == msg.value, "Order: Msg.value too high");
        }
        // Wrap ETH sent to this contract
        IWETH(WETH).deposit{value: msg.value}();
        // Check the maker ask order
        bytes32 askHash = makerAsk.hash();
        _validateOrder(makerAsk, askHash);
        // Retrieve execution parameters
        (bool isExecutionValid, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount) = IExecutionStrategy(makerAsk.strategy)
            .canExecuteTakerBid(takerBid, makerAsk);
        require(isExecutionValid, "Strategy: Execution invalid");
        // Update maker ask order status to true (prevents replay)
        _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerAsk.signer][makerAsk.nonce] = true;
        // Execution part 1/2
        _transferFeesAndFundsWithWETH(
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            makerAsk.signer,
            takerBid.price,
            makerAsk.minPercentageToAsk
        );
        // Execution part 2/2
        _transferNonFungibleToken(makerAsk.collection, makerAsk.signer, takerBid.taker, tokenId, amount);
        emit TakerBid(
            askHash,
            makerAsk.nonce,
            takerBid.taker,
            makerAsk.signer,
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.currency,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            amount,
            takerBid.price
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match a takerBid with a matchAsk
     * @param takerBid taker bid order
     * @param makerAsk maker ask order
     */
    function matchAskWithTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        override
        nonReentrant
    {
        require((makerAsk.isOrderAsk) && (!takerBid.isOrderAsk), "Order: Wrong sides");
        require(msg.sender == takerBid.taker, "Order: Taker must be the sender");
        // Check the maker ask order
        bytes32 askHash = makerAsk.hash();
        _validateOrder(makerAsk, askHash);
        (bool isExecutionValid, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount) = IExecutionStrategy(makerAsk.strategy)
            .canExecuteTakerBid(takerBid, makerAsk);
        require(isExecutionValid, "Strategy: Execution invalid");
        // Update maker ask order status to true (prevents replay)
        _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerAsk.signer][makerAsk.nonce] = true;
        // Execution part 1/2
        _transferFeesAndFunds(
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            makerAsk.currency,
            msg.sender,
            makerAsk.signer,
            takerBid.price,
            makerAsk.minPercentageToAsk
        );
        // Execution part 2/2
        _transferNonFungibleToken(makerAsk.collection, makerAsk.signer, takerBid.taker, tokenId, amount);
        emit TakerBid(
            askHash,
            makerAsk.nonce,
            takerBid.taker,
            makerAsk.signer,
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.currency,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            amount,
            takerBid.price
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match a takerAsk with a makerBid
     * @param takerAsk taker ask order
     * @param makerBid maker bid order
     */
    function matchBidWithTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        override
        nonReentrant
    {
        require((!makerBid.isOrderAsk) && (takerAsk.isOrderAsk), "Order: Wrong sides");
        require(msg.sender == takerAsk.taker, "Order: Taker must be the sender");
        // Check the maker bid order
        bytes32 bidHash = makerBid.hash();
        _validateOrder(makerBid, bidHash);
        (bool isExecutionValid, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount) = IExecutionStrategy(makerBid.strategy)
            .canExecuteTakerAsk(takerAsk, makerBid);
        require(isExecutionValid, "Strategy: Execution invalid");
        // Update maker bid order status to true (prevents replay)
        _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerBid.signer][makerBid.nonce] = true;
        // Execution part 1/2
        _transferNonFungibleToken(makerBid.collection, msg.sender, makerBid.signer, tokenId, amount);
        // Execution part 2/2
        _transferFeesAndFunds(
            makerBid.strategy,
            makerBid.collection,
            tokenId,
            makerBid.currency,
            makerBid.signer,
            takerAsk.taker,
            takerAsk.price,
            takerAsk.minPercentageToAsk
        );
        emit TakerAsk(
            bidHash,
            makerBid.nonce,
            takerAsk.taker,
            makerBid.signer,
            makerBid.strategy,
            makerBid.currency,
            makerBid.collection,
            tokenId,
            amount,
            takerAsk.price
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update currency manager
     * @param _currencyManager new currency manager address
     */
    function updateCurrencyManager(address _currencyManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(_currencyManager != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        currencyManager = ICurrencyManager(_currencyManager);
        emit NewCurrencyManager(_currencyManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update execution manager
     * @param _executionManager new execution manager address
     */
    function updateExecutionManager(address _executionManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(_executionManager != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        executionManager = IExecutionManager(_executionManager);
        emit NewExecutionManager(_executionManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update protocol fee and recipient
     * @param _protocolFeeRecipient new recipient for protocol fees
     */
    function updateProtocolFeeRecipient(address _protocolFeeRecipient) external onlyOwner {
        protocolFeeRecipient = _protocolFeeRecipient;
        emit NewProtocolFeeRecipient(_protocolFeeRecipient);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update royalty fee manager
     * @param _royaltyFeeManager new fee manager address
     */
    function updateRoyaltyFeeManager(address _royaltyFeeManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(_royaltyFeeManager != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        royaltyFeeManager = IRoyaltyFeeManager(_royaltyFeeManager);
        emit NewRoyaltyFeeManager(_royaltyFeeManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update transfer selector NFT
     * @param _transferSelectorNFT new transfer selector address
     */
    function updateTransferSelectorNFT(address _transferSelectorNFT) external onlyOwner {
        require(_transferSelectorNFT != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        transferSelectorNFT = ITransferSelectorNFT(_transferSelectorNFT);
        emit NewTransferSelectorNFT(_transferSelectorNFT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check whether user order nonce is executed or cancelled
     * @param user address of user
     * @param orderNonce nonce of the order
     */
    function isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled(address user, uint256 orderNonce) external view returns (bool) {
        return _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[user][orderNonce];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer fees and funds to royalty recipient, protocol, and seller
     * @param strategy address of the execution strategy
     * @param collection non fungible token address for the transfer
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param currency currency being used for the purchase (e.g., WETH/USDC)
     * @param from sender of the funds
     * @param to seller's recipient
     * @param amount amount being transferred (in currency)
     * @param minPercentageToAsk minimum percentage of the gross amount that goes to ask
     */
    function _transferFeesAndFunds(
        address strategy,
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address currency,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk
    ) internal {
        // Initialize the final amount that is transferred to seller
        uint256 finalSellerAmount = amount;
        // 1. Protocol fee
        {
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount = _calculateProtocolFee(strategy, amount);
            // Check if the protocol fee is different than 0 for this strategy
            if ((protocolFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (protocolFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(currency).safeTransferFrom(from, protocolFeeRecipient, protocolFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= protocolFeeAmount;
            }
        }
        // 2. Royalty fee
        {
            (address royaltyFeeRecipient, uint256 royaltyFeeAmount) = royaltyFeeManager
                .calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(collection, tokenId, amount);
            // Check if there is a royalty fee and that it is different to 0
            if ((royaltyFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (royaltyFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(currency).safeTransferFrom(from, royaltyFeeRecipient, royaltyFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= royaltyFeeAmount;
                emit RoyaltyPayment(collection, tokenId, royaltyFeeRecipient, currency, royaltyFeeAmount);
            }
        }
        require((finalSellerAmount * 10000) >= (minPercentageToAsk * amount), "Fees: Higher than expected");
        // 3. Transfer final amount (post-fees) to seller
        {
            IERC20(currency).safeTransferFrom(from, to, finalSellerAmount);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer fees and funds to royalty recipient, protocol, and seller
     * @param strategy address of the execution strategy
     * @param collection non fungible token address for the transfer
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param to seller's recipient
     * @param amount amount being transferred (in currency)
     * @param minPercentageToAsk minimum percentage of the gross amount that goes to ask
     */
    function _transferFeesAndFundsWithWETH(
        address strategy,
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk
    ) internal {
        // Initialize the final amount that is transferred to seller
        uint256 finalSellerAmount = amount;
        // 1. Protocol fee
        {
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount = _calculateProtocolFee(strategy, amount);
            // Check if the protocol fee is different than 0 for this strategy
            if ((protocolFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (protocolFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(WETH).safeTransfer(protocolFeeRecipient, protocolFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= protocolFeeAmount;
            }
        }
        // 2. Royalty fee
        {
            (address royaltyFeeRecipient, uint256 royaltyFeeAmount) = royaltyFeeManager
                .calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(collection, tokenId, amount);
            // Check if there is a royalty fee and that it is different to 0
            if ((royaltyFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (royaltyFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(WETH).safeTransfer(royaltyFeeRecipient, royaltyFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= royaltyFeeAmount;
                emit RoyaltyPayment(collection, tokenId, royaltyFeeRecipient, address(WETH), royaltyFeeAmount);
            }
        }
        require((finalSellerAmount * 10000) >= (minPercentageToAsk * amount), "Fees: Higher than expected");
        // 3. Transfer final amount (post-fees) to seller
        {
            IERC20(WETH).safeTransfer(to, finalSellerAmount);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer NFT
     * @param collection address of the token collection
     * @param from address of the sender
     * @param to address of the recipient
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param amount amount of tokens (1 for ERC721, 1+ for ERC1155)
     * @dev For ERC721, amount is not used
     */
    function _transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the transfer manager address
        address transferManager = transferSelectorNFT.checkTransferManagerForToken(collection);
        // If no transfer manager found, it returns address(0)
        require(transferManager != address(0), "Transfer: No NFT transfer manager available");
        // If one is found, transfer the token
        ITransferManagerNFT(transferManager).transferNonFungibleToken(collection, from, to, tokenId, amount);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate protocol fee for an execution strategy
     * @param executionStrategy strategy
     * @param amount amount to transfer
     */
    function _calculateProtocolFee(address executionStrategy, uint256 amount) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 protocolFee = IExecutionStrategy(executionStrategy).viewProtocolFee();
        return (protocolFee * amount) / 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify the validity of the maker order
     * @param makerOrder maker order
     * @param orderHash computed hash for the order
     */
    function _validateOrder(OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerOrder, bytes32 orderHash) internal view {
        // Verify whether order nonce has expired
        require(
            (!_isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerOrder.signer][makerOrder.nonce]) &&
                (makerOrder.nonce >= userMinOrderNonce[makerOrder.signer]),
            "Order: Matching order expired"
        );
        // Verify the signer is not address(0)
        require(makerOrder.signer != address(0), "Order: Invalid signer");
        // Verify the amount is not 0
        require(makerOrder.amount > 0, "Order: Amount cannot be 0");
        // Verify the validity of the signature
        require(
            SignatureChecker.verify(
                orderHash,
                makerOrder.signer,
                makerOrder.v,
                makerOrder.r,
                makerOrder.s,
                DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
            ),
            "Signature: Invalid"
        );
        // Verify whether the currency is whitelisted
        require(currencyManager.isCurrencyWhitelisted(makerOrder.currency), "Currency: Not whitelisted");
        // Verify whether strategy can be executed
        require(executionManager.isStrategyWhitelisted(makerOrder.strategy), "Strategy: Not whitelisted");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20.sol";
import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ICurrencyManager {
    function addCurrency(address currency) external;
    function removeCurrency(address currency) external;
    function isCurrencyWhitelisted(address currency) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedCurrencies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedCurrencies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IExecutionManager {
    function addStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function removeStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function isStrategyWhitelisted(address strategy) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedStrategies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedStrategies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
interface IExecutionStrategy {
    function canExecuteTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function canExecuteTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function viewProtocolFee() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeManager {
    function calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external view returns (address, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
interface ILooksRareExchange {
    function matchAskWithTakerBidUsingETHAndWETH(
        OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid,
        OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk
    ) external payable;
    function matchAskWithTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external;
    function matchBidWithTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferManagerNFT {
    function transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferSelectorNFT {
    function checkTransferManagerForToken(address collection) external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GNU
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
interface IWETH {
    function deposit() external payable;
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    function withdraw(uint256) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title OrderTypes
 * @notice This library contains order types for the LooksRare exchange.
 */
library OrderTypes {
    // keccak256("MakerOrder(bool isOrderAsk,address signer,address collection,uint256 price,uint256 tokenId,uint256 amount,address strategy,address currency,uint256 nonce,uint256 startTime,uint256 endTime,uint256 minPercentageToAsk,bytes params)")
    bytes32 internal constant MAKER_ORDER_HASH = 0x40261ade532fa1d2c7293df30aaadb9b3c616fae525a0b56d3d411c841a85028;
    struct MakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address signer; // signer of the maker order
        address collection; // collection address
        uint256 price; // price (used as )
        uint256 tokenId; // id of the token
        uint256 amount; // amount of tokens to sell/purchase (must be 1 for ERC721, 1+ for ERC1155)
        address strategy; // strategy for trade execution (e.g., DutchAuction, StandardSaleForFixedPrice)
        address currency; // currency (e.g., WETH)
        uint256 nonce; // order nonce (must be unique unless new maker order is meant to override existing one e.g., lower ask price)
        uint256 startTime; // startTime in timestamp
        uint256 endTime; // endTime in timestamp
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // additional parameters
        uint8 v; // v: parameter (27 or 28)
        bytes32 r; // r: parameter
        bytes32 s; // s: parameter
    }
    struct TakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address taker; // msg.sender
        uint256 price; // final price for the purchase
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // other params (e.g., tokenId)
    }
    function hash(MakerOrder memory makerOrder) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    MAKER_ORDER_HASH,
                    makerOrder.isOrderAsk,
                    makerOrder.signer,
                    makerOrder.collection,
                    makerOrder.price,
                    makerOrder.tokenId,
                    makerOrder.amount,
                    makerOrder.strategy,
                    makerOrder.currency,
                    makerOrder.nonce,
                    makerOrder.startTime,
                    makerOrder.endTime,
                    makerOrder.minPercentageToAsk,
                    keccak256(makerOrder.params)
                )
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Address} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import {IERC1271} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC1271.sol";
/**
 * @title SignatureChecker
 * @notice This library allows verification of signatures for both EOAs and contracts.
 */
library SignatureChecker {
    /**
     * @notice Recovers the signer of a signature (for EOA)
     * @param hash the hash containing the signed mesage
     * @param v parameter (27 or 28). This prevents maleability since the public key recovery equation has two possible solutions.
     * @param r parameter
     * @param s parameter
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        // https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/83174/is-it-best-practice-to-check-signature-malleability-in-ecrecover
        // https://crypto.iacr.org/2019/affevents/wac/medias/Heninger-BiasedNonceSense.pdf
        require(
            uint256(s) <= 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0,
            "Signature: Invalid s parameter"
        );
        require(v == 27 || v == 28, "Signature: Invalid v parameter");
        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        require(signer != address(0), "Signature: Invalid signer");
        return signer;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the signer matches the signed message
     * @param hash the hash containing the signed mesage
     * @param signer the signer address to confirm message validity
     * @param v parameter (27 or 28)
     * @param r parameter
     * @param s parameter
     * @param domainSeparator paramer to prevent signature being executed in other chains and environments
     * @return true --> if valid // false --> if invalid
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32 hash,
        address signer,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s,
        bytes32 domainSeparator
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        // \\x19\\x01 is the standardized encoding prefix
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#specification
        bytes32 digest = keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, hash));
        if (Address.isContract(signer)) {
            // 0x1626ba7e is the interfaceId for signature contracts (see IERC1271)
            return IERC1271(signer).isValidSignature(digest, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)) == 0x1626ba7e;
        } else {
            return recover(digest, v, r, s) == signer;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1271.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC1271 standard signature validation method for
 * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IERC1271 {
    /**
     * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
     * @param hash      Hash of the data to be signed
     * @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
     */
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
}

// Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub

// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.4.18;

contract WETH9 {
    string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
    string public symbol   = "WETH";
    uint8  public decimals = 18;

    event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
    event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);

    mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;

    function() public payable {
        deposit();
    }
    function deposit() public payable {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
        Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
    function withdraw(uint wad) public {
        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
        msg.sender.transfer(wad);
        Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
    }

    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
        return this.balance;
    }

    function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
        Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
        return true;
    }

    function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
    }

    function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
        public
        returns (bool)
    {
        require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);

        if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
            require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
            allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
        }

        balanceOf[src] -= wad;
        balanceOf[dst] += wad;

        Transfer(src, dst, wad);

        return true;
    }
}


/*
                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

                            Preamble

  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.

  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.

  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.

  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  0. Definitions.

  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.

  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.

  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.

  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

  1. Source Code.

  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.

  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.

  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.

  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.

  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.

  2. Basic Permissions.

  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.

  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.

  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.

  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
    it, and giving a relevant date.

    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
    released under this License and any conditions added under section
    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
    "keep intact all notices".

    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.

    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
    work need not make them do so.

  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.

  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:

    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
    customarily used for software interchange.

    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
    with subsection 6b.

    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.

    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
    charge under subsection 6d.

  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.

  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.

  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.

  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).

  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.

  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.

  7. Additional Terms.

  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.

  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
    Notices displayed by works containing it; or

    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
    authors of the material; or

    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
    those licensors and authors.

  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.

  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.

  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.

  8. Termination.

  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).

  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.

  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.

  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.

  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.

  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.

  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.

  11. Patents.

  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".

  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.

  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.

  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.

  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.

  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.

  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.

  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.

  Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.

  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. Limitation of Liability.

  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.

                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

*/

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {AccessControl} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {FeeSharingSystem} from "./FeeSharingSystem.sol";
import {TokenDistributor} from "./TokenDistributor.sol";
import {IRewardConvertor} from "../interfaces/IRewardConvertor.sol";
/**
 * @title FeeSharingSetter
 * @notice It receives LooksRare protocol fees and owns the FeeSharingSystem contract.
 * It can plug to AMMs for converting all received currencies to WETH.
 */
contract FeeSharingSetter is ReentrancyGuard, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    // Operator role
    bytes32 public constant OPERATOR_ROLE = keccak256("OPERATOR_ROLE");
    // Min duration for each fee-sharing period (in blocks)
    uint256 public immutable MIN_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS;
    // Max duration for each fee-sharing period (in blocks)
    uint256 public immutable MAX_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS;
    IERC20 public immutable looksRareToken;
    IERC20 public immutable rewardToken;
    FeeSharingSystem public feeSharingSystem;
    TokenDistributor public immutable tokenDistributor;
    // Reward convertor (tool to convert other currencies to rewardToken)
    IRewardConvertor public rewardConvertor;
    // Last reward block of distribution
    uint256 public lastRewardDistributionBlock;
    // Next reward duration in blocks
    uint256 public nextRewardDurationInBlocks;
    // Reward duration in blocks
    uint256 public rewardDurationInBlocks;
    // Set of addresses that are staking only the fee sharing
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _feeStakingAddresses;
    event ConversionToRewardToken(address indexed token, uint256 amountConverted, uint256 amountReceived);
    event FeeStakingAddressesAdded(address[] feeStakingAddresses);
    event FeeStakingAddressesRemoved(address[] feeStakingAddresses);
    event NewFeeSharingSystemOwner(address newOwner);
    event NewRewardDurationInBlocks(uint256 rewardDurationInBlocks);
    event NewRewardConvertor(address rewardConvertor);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _feeSharingSystem address of the fee sharing system
     * @param _minRewardDurationInBlocks minimum reward duration in blocks
     * @param _maxRewardDurationInBlocks maximum reward duration in blocks
     * @param _rewardDurationInBlocks reward duration between two updates in blocks
     */
    constructor(
        address _feeSharingSystem,
        uint256 _minRewardDurationInBlocks,
        uint256 _maxRewardDurationInBlocks,
        uint256 _rewardDurationInBlocks
    ) {
        require(
            (_rewardDurationInBlocks <= _maxRewardDurationInBlocks) &&
                (_rewardDurationInBlocks >= _minRewardDurationInBlocks),
            "Owner: Reward duration in blocks outside of range"
        );
        MIN_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS = _minRewardDurationInBlocks;
        MAX_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS = _maxRewardDurationInBlocks;
        feeSharingSystem = FeeSharingSystem(_feeSharingSystem);
        rewardToken = feeSharingSystem.rewardToken();
        looksRareToken = feeSharingSystem.looksRareToken();
        tokenDistributor = feeSharingSystem.tokenDistributor();
        rewardDurationInBlocks = _rewardDurationInBlocks;
        nextRewardDurationInBlocks = _rewardDurationInBlocks;
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update the reward per block (in rewardToken)
     * @dev It automatically retrieves the number of pending WETH and adjusts
     * based on the balance of LOOKS in fee-staking addresses that exist in the set.
     */
    function updateRewards() external onlyRole(OPERATOR_ROLE) {
        if (lastRewardDistributionBlock > 0) {
            require(block.number > (rewardDurationInBlocks + lastRewardDistributionBlock), "Reward: Too early to add");
        }
        // Adjust for this period
        if (rewardDurationInBlocks != nextRewardDurationInBlocks) {
            rewardDurationInBlocks = nextRewardDurationInBlocks;
        }
        lastRewardDistributionBlock = block.number;
        // Calculate the reward to distribute as the balance held by this address
        uint256 reward = rewardToken.balanceOf(address(this));
        require(reward != 0, "Reward: Nothing to distribute");
        // Check if there is any address eligible for fee-sharing only
        uint256 numberAddressesForFeeStaking = _feeStakingAddresses.length();
        // If there are eligible addresses for fee-sharing only, calculate their shares
        if (numberAddressesForFeeStaking > 0) {
            uint256[] memory looksBalances = new uint256[](numberAddressesForFeeStaking);
            (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(feeSharingSystem));
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberAddressesForFeeStaking; i++) {
                uint256 looksBalance = looksRareToken.balanceOf(_feeStakingAddresses.at(i));
                totalAmountStaked += looksBalance;
                looksBalances[i] = looksBalance;
            }
            // Only apply the logic if the totalAmountStaked > 0 (to prevent division by 0)
            if (totalAmountStaked > 0) {
                uint256 adjustedReward = reward;
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberAddressesForFeeStaking; i++) {
                    uint256 amountToTransfer = (looksBalances[i] * reward) / totalAmountStaked;
                    if (amountToTransfer > 0) {
                        adjustedReward -= amountToTransfer;
                        rewardToken.safeTransfer(_feeStakingAddresses.at(i), amountToTransfer);
                    }
                }
                // Adjust reward accordingly
                reward = adjustedReward;
            }
        }
        // Transfer tokens to fee sharing system
        rewardToken.safeTransfer(address(feeSharingSystem), reward);
        // Update rewards
        feeSharingSystem.updateRewards(reward, rewardDurationInBlocks);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Convert currencies to reward token
     * @dev Function only usable only for whitelisted currencies (where no potential side effect)
     * @param token address of the token to sell
     * @param additionalData additional data (e.g., slippage)
     */
    function convertCurrencyToRewardToken(address token, bytes calldata additionalData)
        external
        nonReentrant
        onlyRole(OPERATOR_ROLE)
    {
        require(address(rewardConvertor) != address(0), "Convert: RewardConvertor not set");
        require(token != address(rewardToken), "Convert: Cannot be reward token");
        uint256 amountToConvert = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
        require(amountToConvert != 0, "Convert: Amount to convert must be > 0");
        // Adjust allowance for this transaction only
        IERC20(token).safeIncreaseAllowance(address(rewardConvertor), amountToConvert);
        // Exchange token to reward token
        uint256 amountReceived = rewardConvertor.convert(token, address(rewardToken), amountToConvert, additionalData);
        emit ConversionToRewardToken(token, amountToConvert, amountReceived);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Add staking addresses
     * @param _stakingAddresses array of addresses eligible for fee-sharing only
     */
    function addFeeStakingAddresses(address[] calldata _stakingAddresses) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _stakingAddresses.length; i++) {
            require(!_feeStakingAddresses.contains(_stakingAddresses[i]), "Owner: Address already registered");
            _feeStakingAddresses.add(_stakingAddresses[i]);
        }
        emit FeeStakingAddressesAdded(_stakingAddresses);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove staking addresses
     * @param _stakingAddresses array of addresses eligible for fee-sharing only
     */
    function removeFeeStakingAddresses(address[] calldata _stakingAddresses) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _stakingAddresses.length; i++) {
            require(_feeStakingAddresses.contains(_stakingAddresses[i]), "Owner: Address not registered");
            _feeStakingAddresses.remove(_stakingAddresses[i]);
        }
        emit FeeStakingAddressesRemoved(_stakingAddresses);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set new reward duration in blocks for next update
     * @param _newRewardDurationInBlocks number of blocks for new reward period
     */
    function setNewRewardDurationInBlocks(uint256 _newRewardDurationInBlocks) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        require(
            (_newRewardDurationInBlocks <= MAX_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS) &&
                (_newRewardDurationInBlocks >= MIN_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS),
            "Owner: New reward duration in blocks outside of range"
        );
        nextRewardDurationInBlocks = _newRewardDurationInBlocks;
        emit NewRewardDurationInBlocks(_newRewardDurationInBlocks);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set reward convertor contract
     * @param _rewardConvertor address of the reward convertor (set to null to deactivate)
     */
    function setRewardConvertor(address _rewardConvertor) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        rewardConvertor = IRewardConvertor(_rewardConvertor);
        emit NewRewardConvertor(_rewardConvertor);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ownership of fee sharing system
     * @param _newOwner address of the new owner
     */
    function transferOwnershipOfFeeSharingSystem(address _newOwner) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        require(_newOwner != address(0), "Owner: New owner cannot be null address");
        feeSharingSystem.transferOwnership(_newOwner);
        emit NewFeeSharingSystemOwner(_newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @notice See addresses eligible for fee-staking
     */
    function viewFeeStakingAddresses() external view returns (address[] memory) {
        uint256 length = _feeStakingAddresses.length();
        address[] memory feeStakingAddresses = new address[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i++) {
            feeStakingAddresses[i] = _feeStakingAddresses.at(i);
        }
        return (feeStakingAddresses);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20.sol";
import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {TokenDistributor} from "./TokenDistributor.sol";
/**
 * @title FeeSharingSystem
 * @notice It handles the distribution of fees using
 * WETH along with the auto-compounding of LOOKS.
 */
contract FeeSharingSystem is ReentrancyGuard, Ownable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    struct UserInfo {
        uint256 shares; // shares of token staked
        uint256 userRewardPerTokenPaid; // user reward per token paid
        uint256 rewards; // pending rewards
    }
    // Precision factor for calculating rewards and exchange rate
    uint256 public constant PRECISION_FACTOR = 10**18;
    IERC20 public immutable looksRareToken;
    IERC20 public immutable rewardToken;
    TokenDistributor public immutable tokenDistributor;
    // Reward rate (block)
    uint256 public currentRewardPerBlock;
    // Last reward adjustment block number
    uint256 public lastRewardAdjustment;
    // Last update block for rewards
    uint256 public lastUpdateBlock;
    // Current end block for the current reward period
    uint256 public periodEndBlock;
    // Reward per token stored
    uint256 public rewardPerTokenStored;
    // Total existing shares
    uint256 public totalShares;
    mapping(address => UserInfo) public userInfo;
    event Deposit(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event Harvest(address indexed user, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event NewRewardPeriod(uint256 numberBlocks, uint256 rewardPerBlock, uint256 reward);
    event Withdraw(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _looksRareToken address of the token staked (LOOKS)
     * @param _rewardToken address of the reward token
     * @param _tokenDistributor address of the token distributor contract
     */
    constructor(
        address _looksRareToken,
        address _rewardToken,
        address _tokenDistributor
    ) {
        rewardToken = IERC20(_rewardToken);
        looksRareToken = IERC20(_looksRareToken);
        tokenDistributor = TokenDistributor(_tokenDistributor);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Deposit staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param amount amount to deposit (in LOOKS)
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     * @dev There is a limit of 1 LOOKS per deposit to prevent potential manipulation of current shares
     */
    function deposit(uint256 amount, bool claimRewardToken) external nonReentrant {
        require(amount >= PRECISION_FACTOR, "Deposit: Amount must be >= 1 LOOKS");
        // Auto compounds for everyone
        tokenDistributor.harvestAndCompound();
        // Update reward for user
        _updateReward(msg.sender);
        // Retrieve total amount staked by this contract
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to this address
        looksRareToken.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amount);
        uint256 currentShares;
        // Calculate the number of shares to issue for the user
        if (totalShares != 0) {
            currentShares = (amount * totalShares) / totalAmountStaked;
            // This is a sanity check to prevent deposit for 0 shares
            require(currentShares != 0, "Deposit: Fail");
        } else {
            currentShares = amount;
        }
        // Adjust internal shares
        userInfo[msg.sender].shares += currentShares;
        totalShares += currentShares;
        uint256 pendingRewards;
        if (claimRewardToken) {
            // Fetch pending rewards
            pendingRewards = userInfo[msg.sender].rewards;
            if (pendingRewards > 0) {
                userInfo[msg.sender].rewards = 0;
                rewardToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
            }
        }
        // Verify LOOKS token allowance and adjust if necessary
        _checkAndAdjustLOOKSTokenAllowanceIfRequired(amount, address(tokenDistributor));
        // Deposit user amount in the token distributor contract
        tokenDistributor.deposit(amount);
        emit Deposit(msg.sender, amount, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Harvest reward tokens that are pending
     */
    function harvest() external nonReentrant {
        // Auto compounds for everyone
        tokenDistributor.harvestAndCompound();
        // Update reward for user
        _updateReward(msg.sender);
        // Retrieve pending rewards
        uint256 pendingRewards = userInfo[msg.sender].rewards;
        // If pending rewards are null, revert
        require(pendingRewards > 0, "Harvest: Pending rewards must be > 0");
        // Adjust user rewards and transfer
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewards = 0;
        // Transfer reward token to sender
        rewardToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
        emit Harvest(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param shares shares to withdraw
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     */
    function withdraw(uint256 shares, bool claimRewardToken) external nonReentrant {
        require(
            (shares > 0) && (shares <= userInfo[msg.sender].shares),
            "Withdraw: Shares equal to 0 or larger than user shares"
        );
        _withdraw(shares, claimRewardToken);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw all staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     */
    function withdrawAll(bool claimRewardToken) external nonReentrant {
        _withdraw(userInfo[msg.sender].shares, claimRewardToken);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update the reward per block (in rewardToken)
     * @dev Only callable by owner. Owner is meant to be another smart contract.
     */
    function updateRewards(uint256 reward, uint256 rewardDurationInBlocks) external onlyOwner {
        // Adjust the current reward per block
        if (block.number >= periodEndBlock) {
            currentRewardPerBlock = reward / rewardDurationInBlocks;
        } else {
            currentRewardPerBlock =
                (reward + ((periodEndBlock - block.number) * currentRewardPerBlock)) /
                rewardDurationInBlocks;
        }
        lastUpdateBlock = block.number;
        periodEndBlock = block.number + rewardDurationInBlocks;
        emit NewRewardPeriod(rewardDurationInBlocks, currentRewardPerBlock, reward);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate pending rewards (WETH) for a user
     * @param user address of the user
     */
    function calculatePendingRewards(address user) external view returns (uint256) {
        return _calculatePendingRewards(user);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate value of LOOKS for a user given a number of shares owned
     * @param user address of the user
     */
    function calculateSharesValueInLOOKS(address user) external view returns (uint256) {
        // Retrieve amount staked
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        // Adjust for pending rewards
        totalAmountStaked += tokenDistributor.calculatePendingRewards(address(this));
        // Return user pro-rata of total shares
        return userInfo[user].shares == 0 ? 0 : (totalAmountStaked * userInfo[user].shares) / totalShares;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate price of one share (in LOOKS token)
     * Share price is expressed times 1e18
     */
    function calculateSharePriceInLOOKS() external view returns (uint256) {
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        // Adjust for pending rewards
        totalAmountStaked += tokenDistributor.calculatePendingRewards(address(this));
        return totalShares == 0 ? PRECISION_FACTOR : (totalAmountStaked * PRECISION_FACTOR) / (totalShares);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return last block where trading rewards were distributed
     */
    function lastRewardBlock() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _lastRewardBlock();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate pending rewards for a user
     * @param user address of the user
     */
    function _calculatePendingRewards(address user) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            ((userInfo[user].shares * (_rewardPerToken() - (userInfo[user].userRewardPerTokenPaid))) /
                PRECISION_FACTOR) + userInfo[user].rewards;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check current allowance and adjust if necessary
     * @param _amount amount to transfer
     * @param _to token to transfer
     */
    function _checkAndAdjustLOOKSTokenAllowanceIfRequired(uint256 _amount, address _to) internal {
        if (looksRareToken.allowance(address(this), _to) < _amount) {
            looksRareToken.approve(_to, type(uint256).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return last block where rewards must be distributed
     */
    function _lastRewardBlock() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return block.number < periodEndBlock ? block.number : periodEndBlock;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return reward per token
     */
    function _rewardPerToken() internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (totalShares == 0) {
            return rewardPerTokenStored;
        }
        return
            rewardPerTokenStored +
            ((_lastRewardBlock() - lastUpdateBlock) * (currentRewardPerBlock * PRECISION_FACTOR)) /
            totalShares;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update reward for a user account
     * @param _user address of the user
     */
    function _updateReward(address _user) internal {
        if (block.number != lastUpdateBlock) {
            rewardPerTokenStored = _rewardPerToken();
            lastUpdateBlock = _lastRewardBlock();
        }
        userInfo[_user].rewards = _calculatePendingRewards(_user);
        userInfo[_user].userRewardPerTokenPaid = rewardPerTokenStored;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param shares shares to withdraw
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     */
    function _withdraw(uint256 shares, bool claimRewardToken) internal {
        // Auto compounds for everyone
        tokenDistributor.harvestAndCompound();
        // Update reward for user
        _updateReward(msg.sender);
        // Retrieve total amount staked and calculated current amount (in LOOKS)
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        uint256 currentAmount = (totalAmountStaked * shares) / totalShares;
        userInfo[msg.sender].shares -= shares;
        totalShares -= shares;
        // Withdraw amount equivalent in shares
        tokenDistributor.withdraw(currentAmount);
        uint256 pendingRewards;
        if (claimRewardToken) {
            // Fetch pending rewards
            pendingRewards = userInfo[msg.sender].rewards;
            if (pendingRewards > 0) {
                userInfo[msg.sender].rewards = 0;
                rewardToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
            }
        }
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to sender
        looksRareToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, currentAmount);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, currentAmount, pendingRewards);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {ILooksRareToken} from "../interfaces/ILooksRareToken.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenDistributor
 * @notice It handles the distribution of LOOKS token.
 * It auto-adjusts block rewards over a set number of periods.
 */
contract TokenDistributor is ReentrancyGuard {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    using SafeERC20 for ILooksRareToken;
    struct StakingPeriod {
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForStaking;
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForOthers;
        uint256 periodLengthInBlock;
    }
    struct UserInfo {
        uint256 amount; // Amount of staked tokens provided by user
        uint256 rewardDebt; // Reward debt
    }
    // Precision factor for calculating rewards
    uint256 public constant PRECISION_FACTOR = 10**12;
    ILooksRareToken public immutable looksRareToken;
    address public immutable tokenSplitter;
    // Number of reward periods
    uint256 public immutable NUMBER_PERIODS;
    // Block number when rewards start
    uint256 public immutable START_BLOCK;
    // Accumulated tokens per share
    uint256 public accTokenPerShare;
    // Current phase for rewards
    uint256 public currentPhase;
    // Block number when rewards end
    uint256 public endBlock;
    // Block number of the last update
    uint256 public lastRewardBlock;
    // Tokens distributed per block for other purposes (team + treasury + trading rewards)
    uint256 public rewardPerBlockForOthers;
    // Tokens distributed per block for staking
    uint256 public rewardPerBlockForStaking;
    // Total amount staked
    uint256 public totalAmountStaked;
    mapping(uint256 => StakingPeriod) public stakingPeriod;
    mapping(address => UserInfo) public userInfo;
    event Compound(address indexed user, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event Deposit(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event NewRewardsPerBlock(
        uint256 indexed currentPhase,
        uint256 startBlock,
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForStaking,
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForOthers
    );
    event Withdraw(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _looksRareToken LOOKS token address
     * @param _tokenSplitter token splitter contract address (for team and trading rewards)
     * @param _startBlock start block for reward program
     * @param _rewardsPerBlockForStaking array of rewards per block for staking
     * @param _rewardsPerBlockForOthers array of rewards per block for other purposes (team + treasury + trading rewards)
     * @param _periodLengthesInBlocks array of period lengthes
     * @param _numberPeriods number of periods with different rewards/lengthes (e.g., if 3 changes --> 4 periods)
     */
    constructor(
        address _looksRareToken,
        address _tokenSplitter,
        uint256 _startBlock,
        uint256[] memory _rewardsPerBlockForStaking,
        uint256[] memory _rewardsPerBlockForOthers,
        uint256[] memory _periodLengthesInBlocks,
        uint256 _numberPeriods
    ) {
        require(
            (_periodLengthesInBlocks.length == _numberPeriods) &&
                (_rewardsPerBlockForStaking.length == _numberPeriods) &&
                (_rewardsPerBlockForStaking.length == _numberPeriods),
            "Distributor: Lengthes must match numberPeriods"
        );
        // 1. Operational checks for supply
        uint256 nonCirculatingSupply = ILooksRareToken(_looksRareToken).SUPPLY_CAP() -
            ILooksRareToken(_looksRareToken).totalSupply();
        uint256 amountTokensToBeMinted;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numberPeriods; i++) {
            amountTokensToBeMinted +=
                (_rewardsPerBlockForStaking[i] * _periodLengthesInBlocks[i]) +
                (_rewardsPerBlockForOthers[i] * _periodLengthesInBlocks[i]);
            stakingPeriod[i] = StakingPeriod({
                rewardPerBlockForStaking: _rewardsPerBlockForStaking[i],
                rewardPerBlockForOthers: _rewardsPerBlockForOthers[i],
                periodLengthInBlock: _periodLengthesInBlocks[i]
            });
        }
        require(amountTokensToBeMinted == nonCirculatingSupply, "Distributor: Wrong reward parameters");
        // 2. Store values
        looksRareToken = ILooksRareToken(_looksRareToken);
        tokenSplitter = _tokenSplitter;
        rewardPerBlockForStaking = _rewardsPerBlockForStaking[0];
        rewardPerBlockForOthers = _rewardsPerBlockForOthers[0];
        START_BLOCK = _startBlock;
        endBlock = _startBlock + _periodLengthesInBlocks[0];
        NUMBER_PERIODS = _numberPeriods;
        // Set the lastRewardBlock as the startBlock
        lastRewardBlock = _startBlock;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Deposit staked tokens and compounds pending rewards
     * @param amount amount to deposit (in LOOKS)
     */
    function deposit(uint256 amount) external nonReentrant {
        require(amount > 0, "Deposit: Amount must be > 0");
        // Update pool information
        _updatePool();
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to this contract
        looksRareToken.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amount);
        uint256 pendingRewards;
        // If not new deposit, calculate pending rewards (for auto-compounding)
        if (userInfo[msg.sender].amount > 0) {
            pendingRewards =
                ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
                userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        }
        // Adjust user information
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount += (amount + pendingRewards);
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = (userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR;
        // Increase totalAmountStaked
        totalAmountStaked += (amount + pendingRewards);
        emit Deposit(msg.sender, amount, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Compound based on pending rewards
     */
    function harvestAndCompound() external nonReentrant {
        // Update pool information
        _updatePool();
        // Calculate pending rewards
        uint256 pendingRewards = ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
            userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        // Return if no pending rewards
        if (pendingRewards == 0) {
            // It doesn't throw revertion (to help with the fee-sharing auto-compounding contract)
            return;
        }
        // Adjust user amount for pending rewards
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount += pendingRewards;
        // Adjust totalAmountStaked
        totalAmountStaked += pendingRewards;
        // Recalculate reward debt based on new user amount
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = (userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR;
        emit Compound(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update pool rewards
     */
    function updatePool() external nonReentrant {
        _updatePool();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw staked tokens and compound pending rewards
     * @param amount amount to withdraw
     */
    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external nonReentrant {
        require(
            (userInfo[msg.sender].amount >= amount) && (amount > 0),
            "Withdraw: Amount must be > 0 or lower than user balance"
        );
        // Update pool
        _updatePool();
        // Calculate pending rewards
        uint256 pendingRewards = ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
            userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        // Adjust user information
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount = userInfo[msg.sender].amount + pendingRewards - amount;
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = (userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR;
        // Adjust total amount staked
        totalAmountStaked = totalAmountStaked + pendingRewards - amount;
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to the sender
        looksRareToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, amount, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw all staked tokens and collect tokens
     */
    function withdrawAll() external nonReentrant {
        require(userInfo[msg.sender].amount > 0, "Withdraw: Amount must be > 0");
        // Update pool
        _updatePool();
        // Calculate pending rewards and amount to transfer (to the sender)
        uint256 pendingRewards = ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
            userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        uint256 amountToTransfer = userInfo[msg.sender].amount + pendingRewards;
        // Adjust total amount staked
        totalAmountStaked = totalAmountStaked - userInfo[msg.sender].amount;
        // Adjust user information
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount = 0;
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = 0;
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to the sender
        looksRareToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amountToTransfer);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, amountToTransfer, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate pending rewards for a user
     * @param user address of the user
     * @return Pending rewards
     */
    function calculatePendingRewards(address user) external view returns (uint256) {
        if ((block.number > lastRewardBlock) && (totalAmountStaked != 0)) {
            uint256 multiplier = _getMultiplier(lastRewardBlock, block.number);
            uint256 tokenRewardForStaking = multiplier * rewardPerBlockForStaking;
            uint256 adjustedEndBlock = endBlock;
            uint256 adjustedCurrentPhase = currentPhase;
            // Check whether to adjust multipliers and reward per block
            while ((block.number > adjustedEndBlock) && (adjustedCurrentPhase < (NUMBER_PERIODS - 1))) {
                // Update current phase
                adjustedCurrentPhase++;
                // Update rewards per block
                uint256 adjustedRewardPerBlockForStaking = stakingPeriod[adjustedCurrentPhase].rewardPerBlockForStaking;
                // Calculate adjusted block number
                uint256 previousEndBlock = adjustedEndBlock;
                // Update end block
                adjustedEndBlock = previousEndBlock + stakingPeriod[adjustedCurrentPhase].periodLengthInBlock;
                // Calculate new multiplier
                uint256 newMultiplier = (block.number <= adjustedEndBlock)
                    ? (block.number - previousEndBlock)
                    : stakingPeriod[adjustedCurrentPhase].periodLengthInBlock;
                // Adjust token rewards for staking
                tokenRewardForStaking += (newMultiplier * adjustedRewardPerBlockForStaking);
            }
            uint256 adjustedTokenPerShare = accTokenPerShare +
                (tokenRewardForStaking * PRECISION_FACTOR) /
                totalAmountStaked;
            return (userInfo[user].amount * adjustedTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR - userInfo[user].rewardDebt;
        } else {
            return (userInfo[user].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR - userInfo[user].rewardDebt;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update reward variables of the pool
     */
    function _updatePool() internal {
        if (block.number <= lastRewardBlock) {
            return;
        }
        if (totalAmountStaked == 0) {
            lastRewardBlock = block.number;
            return;
        }
        // Calculate multiplier
        uint256 multiplier = _getMultiplier(lastRewardBlock, block.number);
        // Calculate rewards for staking and others
        uint256 tokenRewardForStaking = multiplier * rewardPerBlockForStaking;
        uint256 tokenRewardForOthers = multiplier * rewardPerBlockForOthers;
        // Check whether to adjust multipliers and reward per block
        while ((block.number > endBlock) && (currentPhase < (NUMBER_PERIODS - 1))) {
            // Update rewards per block
            _updateRewardsPerBlock(endBlock);
            uint256 previousEndBlock = endBlock;
            // Adjust the end block
            endBlock += stakingPeriod[currentPhase].periodLengthInBlock;
            // Adjust multiplier to cover the missing periods with other lower inflation schedule
            uint256 newMultiplier = _getMultiplier(previousEndBlock, block.number);
            // Adjust token rewards
            tokenRewardForStaking += (newMultiplier * rewardPerBlockForStaking);
            tokenRewardForOthers += (newMultiplier * rewardPerBlockForOthers);
        }
        // Mint tokens only if token rewards for staking are not null
        if (tokenRewardForStaking > 0) {
            // It allows protection against potential issues to prevent funds from being locked
            bool mintStatus = looksRareToken.mint(address(this), tokenRewardForStaking);
            if (mintStatus) {
                accTokenPerShare = accTokenPerShare + ((tokenRewardForStaking * PRECISION_FACTOR) / totalAmountStaked);
            }
            looksRareToken.mint(tokenSplitter, tokenRewardForOthers);
        }
        // Update last reward block only if it wasn't updated after or at the end block
        if (lastRewardBlock <= endBlock) {
            lastRewardBlock = block.number;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update rewards per block
     * @dev Rewards are halved by 2 (for staking + others)
     */
    function _updateRewardsPerBlock(uint256 _newStartBlock) internal {
        // Update current phase
        currentPhase++;
        // Update rewards per block
        rewardPerBlockForStaking = stakingPeriod[currentPhase].rewardPerBlockForStaking;
        rewardPerBlockForOthers = stakingPeriod[currentPhase].rewardPerBlockForOthers;
        emit NewRewardsPerBlock(currentPhase, _newStartBlock, rewardPerBlockForStaking, rewardPerBlockForOthers);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return reward multiplier over the given "from" to "to" block.
     * @param from block to start calculating reward
     * @param to block to finish calculating reward
     * @return the multiplier for the period
     */
    function _getMultiplier(uint256 from, uint256 to) internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (to <= endBlock) {
            return to - from;
        } else if (from >= endBlock) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            return endBlock - from;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRewardConvertor {
    function convert(
        address tokenToSell,
        address tokenToBuy,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata additionalData
    ) external returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
interface ILooksRareToken is IERC20 {
    function SUPPLY_CAP() external view returns (uint256);
    function mint(address account, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title IProxy - Helper interface to access masterCopy of the Proxy on-chain
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.io>
interface IProxy {
    function masterCopy() external view returns (address);
}

/// @title GnosisSafeProxy - Generic proxy contract allows to execute all transactions applying the code of a master contract.
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.io>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.io>
contract GnosisSafeProxy {
    // singleton always needs to be first declared variable, to ensure that it is at the same location in the contracts to which calls are delegated.
    // To reduce deployment costs this variable is internal and needs to be retrieved via `getStorageAt`
    address internal singleton;

    /// @dev Constructor function sets address of singleton contract.
    /// @param _singleton Singleton address.
    constructor(address _singleton) {
        require(_singleton != address(0), "Invalid singleton address provided");
        singleton = _singleton;
    }

    /// @dev Fallback function forwards all transactions and returns all received return data.
    fallback() external payable {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let _singleton := and(sload(0), 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // 0xa619486e == keccak("masterCopy()"). The value is right padded to 32-bytes with 0s
            if eq(calldataload(0), 0xa619486e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000) {
                mstore(0, _singleton)
                return(0, 0x20)
            }
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            let success := delegatecall(gas(), _singleton, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            if eq(success, 0) {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            return(0, returndatasize())
        }
    }
}

/// @title Proxy Factory - Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.pm>
contract GnosisSafeProxyFactory {
    event ProxyCreation(GnosisSafeProxy proxy, address singleton);

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
    /// @param singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param data Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    function createProxy(address singleton, bytes memory data) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = new GnosisSafeProxy(singleton);
        if (data.length > 0)
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                if eq(call(gas(), proxy, 0, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0), 0) {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
        emit ProxyCreation(proxy, singleton);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to retrieve the runtime code of a deployed Proxy. This can be used to check that the expected Proxy was deployed.
    function proxyRuntimeCode() public pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return type(GnosisSafeProxy).runtimeCode;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to retrieve the creation code used for the Proxy deployment. With this it is easily possible to calculate predicted address.
    function proxyCreationCode() public pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return type(GnosisSafeProxy).creationCode;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact using CREATE2 but it doesn't run the initializer.
    ///      This method is only meant as an utility to be called from other methods
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function deployProxyWithNonce(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) internal returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        // If the initializer changes the proxy address should change too. Hashing the initializer data is cheaper than just concatinating it
        bytes32 salt = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(keccak256(initializer), saltNonce));
        bytes memory deploymentData = abi.encodePacked(type(GnosisSafeProxy).creationCode, uint256(uint160(_singleton)));
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            proxy := create2(0x0, add(0x20, deploymentData), mload(deploymentData), salt)
        }
        require(address(proxy) != address(0), "Create2 call failed");
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function createProxyWithNonce(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = deployProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
        if (initializer.length > 0)
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                if eq(call(gas(), proxy, 0, add(initializer, 0x20), mload(initializer), 0, 0), 0) {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
        emit ProxyCreation(proxy, _singleton);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact, execute a message call to the new proxy and call a specified callback within one transaction
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    /// @param callback Callback that will be invoced after the new proxy contract has been successfully deployed and initialized.
    function createProxyWithCallback(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce,
        IProxyCreationCallback callback
    ) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        uint256 saltNonceWithCallback = uint256(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(saltNonce, callback)));
        proxy = createProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonceWithCallback);
        if (address(callback) != address(0)) callback.proxyCreated(proxy, _singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to get the address for a new proxy contact created via `createProxyWithNonce`
    ///      This method is only meant for address calculation purpose when you use an initializer that would revert,
    ///      therefore the response is returned with a revert. When calling this method set `from` to the address of the proxy factory.
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function calculateCreateProxyWithNonceAddress(
        address _singleton,
        bytes calldata initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) external returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = deployProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
        revert(string(abi.encodePacked(proxy)));
    }
}

interface IProxyCreationCallback {
    function proxyCreated(
        GnosisSafeProxy proxy,
        address _singleton,
        bytes calldata initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) external;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;


/**

 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\_____  \ /\  __`\/\  _`\ /\  _  \    /\  _`\
\/____//'/'\ \ \/\ \ \ \L\ \ \ \L\ \   \ \ \/\ \  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \ \ \ \ \ \ ,  /\ \  __ \   \ \ \ \ \/\`'__\/ __`\/\ '__`\  /',__\
    //'/'___ \ \ \_\ \ \ \\ \\ \ \/\ \   \ \ \_\ \ \ \//\ \L\ \ \ \L\ \/\__, `\
    /\_______\\ \_____\ \_\ \_\ \_\ \_\   \ \____/\ \_\\ \____/\ \ ,__/\/\____/
    \/_______/ \/_____/\/_/\/ /\/_/\/_/    \/___/  \/_/ \/___/  \ \ \/  \/___/
                                                                 \ \_\
                                                                  \/_/

Drop Powered by ZORA

 */



// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)

// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)

/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())

            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)

            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
}

// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)

// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)

/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}

// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)

/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822Proxiable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}

// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly

                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}

// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/StorageSlot.sol)

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}

/// @dev Zora NFT Creator Proxy Access Contract
contract ERC721DropProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data)
        payable
        ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data)
    {}
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {ICurrencyManager} from "./interfaces/ICurrencyManager.sol";
/**
 * @title CurrencyManager
 * @notice It allows adding/removing currencies for trading on the LooksRare exchange.
 */
contract CurrencyManager is ICurrencyManager, Ownable {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _whitelistedCurrencies;
    event CurrencyRemoved(address indexed currency);
    event CurrencyWhitelisted(address indexed currency);
    /**
     * @notice Add a currency in the system
     * @param currency address of the currency to add
     */
    function addCurrency(address currency) external override onlyOwner {
        require(!_whitelistedCurrencies.contains(currency), "Currency: Already whitelisted");
        _whitelistedCurrencies.add(currency);
        emit CurrencyWhitelisted(currency);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove a currency from the system
     * @param currency address of the currency to remove
     */
    function removeCurrency(address currency) external override onlyOwner {
        require(_whitelistedCurrencies.contains(currency), "Currency: Not whitelisted");
        _whitelistedCurrencies.remove(currency);
        emit CurrencyRemoved(currency);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns if a currency is in the system
     * @param currency address of the currency
     */
    function isCurrencyWhitelisted(address currency) external view override returns (bool) {
        return _whitelistedCurrencies.contains(currency);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View number of whitelisted currencies
     */
    function viewCountWhitelistedCurrencies() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return _whitelistedCurrencies.length();
    }
    /**
     * @notice See whitelisted currencies in the system
     * @param cursor cursor (should start at 0 for first request)
     * @param size size of the response (e.g., 50)
     */
    function viewWhitelistedCurrencies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address[] memory, uint256)
    {
        uint256 length = size;
        if (length > _whitelistedCurrencies.length() - cursor) {
            length = _whitelistedCurrencies.length() - cursor;
        }
        address[] memory whitelistedCurrencies = new address[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i++) {
            whitelistedCurrencies[i] = _whitelistedCurrencies.at(cursor + i);
        }
        return (whitelistedCurrencies, cursor + length);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ICurrencyManager {
    function addCurrency(address currency) external;
    function removeCurrency(address currency) external;
    function isCurrencyWhitelisted(address currency) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedCurrencies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedCurrencies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {IExecutionManager} from "./interfaces/IExecutionManager.sol";
/**
 * @title ExecutionManager
 * @notice It allows adding/removing execution strategies for trading on the LooksRare exchange.
 */
contract ExecutionManager is IExecutionManager, Ownable {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _whitelistedStrategies;
    event StrategyRemoved(address indexed strategy);
    event StrategyWhitelisted(address indexed strategy);
    /**
     * @notice Add an execution strategy in the system
     * @param strategy address of the strategy to add
     */
    function addStrategy(address strategy) external override onlyOwner {
        require(!_whitelistedStrategies.contains(strategy), "Strategy: Already whitelisted");
        _whitelistedStrategies.add(strategy);
        emit StrategyWhitelisted(strategy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove an execution strategy from the system
     * @param strategy address of the strategy to remove
     */
    function removeStrategy(address strategy) external override onlyOwner {
        require(_whitelistedStrategies.contains(strategy), "Strategy: Not whitelisted");
        _whitelistedStrategies.remove(strategy);
        emit StrategyRemoved(strategy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns if an execution strategy is in the system
     * @param strategy address of the strategy
     */
    function isStrategyWhitelisted(address strategy) external view override returns (bool) {
        return _whitelistedStrategies.contains(strategy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View number of whitelisted strategies
     */
    function viewCountWhitelistedStrategies() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return _whitelistedStrategies.length();
    }
    /**
     * @notice See whitelisted strategies in the system
     * @param cursor cursor (should start at 0 for first request)
     * @param size size of the response (e.g., 50)
     */
    function viewWhitelistedStrategies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address[] memory, uint256)
    {
        uint256 length = size;
        if (length > _whitelistedStrategies.length() - cursor) {
            length = _whitelistedStrategies.length() - cursor;
        }
        address[] memory whitelistedStrategies = new address[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i++) {
            whitelistedStrategies[i] = _whitelistedStrategies.at(cursor + i);
        }
        return (whitelistedStrategies, cursor + length);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IExecutionManager {
    function addStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function removeStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function isStrategyWhitelisted(address strategy) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedStrategies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedStrategies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
import {IExecutionStrategy} from "../interfaces/IExecutionStrategy.sol";
/**
 * @title StrategyStandardSaleForFixedPrice
 * @notice Strategy that executes an order at a fixed price that
 * can be taken either by a bid or an ask.
 */
contract StrategyStandardSaleForFixedPrice is IExecutionStrategy {
    uint256 public immutable PROTOCOL_FEE;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _protocolFee protocol fee (200 --> 2%, 400 --> 4%)
     */
    constructor(uint256 _protocolFee) {
        PROTOCOL_FEE = _protocolFee;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check whether a taker ask order can be executed against a maker bid
     * @param takerAsk taker ask order
     * @param makerBid maker bid order
     * @return (whether strategy can be executed, tokenId to execute, amount of tokens to execute)
     */
    function canExecuteTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        return (
            ((makerBid.price == takerAsk.price) &&
                (makerBid.tokenId == takerAsk.tokenId) &&
                (makerBid.startTime <= block.timestamp) &&
                (makerBid.endTime >= block.timestamp)),
            makerBid.tokenId,
            makerBid.amount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check whether a taker bid order can be executed against a maker ask
     * @param takerBid taker bid order
     * @param makerAsk maker ask order
     * @return (whether strategy can be executed, tokenId to execute, amount of tokens to execute)
     */
    function canExecuteTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        return (
            ((makerAsk.price == takerBid.price) &&
                (makerAsk.tokenId == takerBid.tokenId) &&
                (makerAsk.startTime <= block.timestamp) &&
                (makerAsk.endTime >= block.timestamp)),
            makerAsk.tokenId,
            makerAsk.amount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return protocol fee for this strategy
     * @return protocol fee
     */
    function viewProtocolFee() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return PROTOCOL_FEE;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title OrderTypes
 * @notice This library contains order types for the LooksRare exchange.
 */
library OrderTypes {
    // keccak256("MakerOrder(bool isOrderAsk,address signer,address collection,uint256 price,uint256 tokenId,uint256 amount,address strategy,address currency,uint256 nonce,uint256 startTime,uint256 endTime,uint256 minPercentageToAsk,bytes params)")
    bytes32 internal constant MAKER_ORDER_HASH = 0x40261ade532fa1d2c7293df30aaadb9b3c616fae525a0b56d3d411c841a85028;
    struct MakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address signer; // signer of the maker order
        address collection; // collection address
        uint256 price; // price (used as )
        uint256 tokenId; // id of the token
        uint256 amount; // amount of tokens to sell/purchase (must be 1 for ERC721, 1+ for ERC1155)
        address strategy; // strategy for trade execution (e.g., DutchAuction, StandardSaleForFixedPrice)
        address currency; // currency (e.g., WETH)
        uint256 nonce; // order nonce (must be unique unless new maker order is meant to override existing one e.g., lower ask price)
        uint256 startTime; // startTime in timestamp
        uint256 endTime; // endTime in timestamp
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // additional parameters
        uint8 v; // v: parameter (27 or 28)
        bytes32 r; // r: parameter
        bytes32 s; // s: parameter
    }
    struct TakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address taker; // msg.sender
        uint256 price; // final price for the purchase
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // other params (e.g., tokenId)
    }
    function hash(MakerOrder memory makerOrder) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    MAKER_ORDER_HASH,
                    makerOrder.isOrderAsk,
                    makerOrder.signer,
                    makerOrder.collection,
                    makerOrder.price,
                    makerOrder.tokenId,
                    makerOrder.amount,
                    makerOrder.strategy,
                    makerOrder.currency,
                    makerOrder.nonce,
                    makerOrder.startTime,
                    makerOrder.endTime,
                    makerOrder.minPercentageToAsk,
                    keccak256(makerOrder.params)
                )
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
interface IExecutionStrategy {
    function canExecuteTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function canExecuteTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function viewProtocolFee() external view returns (uint256);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IERC165, IERC2981} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeManager} from "./interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeManager.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeRegistry} from "./interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeRegistry.sol";
/**
 * @title RoyaltyFeeManager
 * @notice It handles the logic to check and transfer royalty fees (if any).
 */
contract RoyaltyFeeManager is IRoyaltyFeeManager, Ownable {
    // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981 = 0x2a55205a;
    IRoyaltyFeeRegistry public immutable royaltyFeeRegistry;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _royaltyFeeRegistry address of the RoyaltyFeeRegistry
     */
    constructor(address _royaltyFeeRegistry) {
        royaltyFeeRegistry = IRoyaltyFeeRegistry(_royaltyFeeRegistry);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate royalty fee and get recipient
     * @param collection address of the NFT contract
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param amount amount to transfer
     */
    function calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
        // 1. Check if there is a royalty info in the system
        (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount) = royaltyFeeRegistry.royaltyInfo(collection, amount);
        // 2. If the receiver is address(0), fee is null, check if it supports the ERC2981 interface
        if ((receiver == address(0)) || (royaltyAmount == 0)) {
            if (IERC165(collection).supportsInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981)) {
                (receiver, royaltyAmount) = IERC2981(collection).royaltyInfo(tokenId, amount);
            }
        }
        return (receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Called with the sale price to determine how much royalty is owed and to whom.
     * @param tokenId - the NFT asset queried for royalty information
     * @param salePrice - the sale price of the NFT asset specified by `tokenId`
     * @return receiver - address of who should be sent the royalty payment
     * @return royaltyAmount - the royalty payment amount for `salePrice`
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeManager {
    function calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external view returns (address, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeRegistry {
    function updateRoyaltyInfoForCollection(
        address collection,
        address setter,
        address receiver,
        uint256 fee
    ) external;
    function updateRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) external;
    function royaltyInfo(address collection, uint256 amount) external view returns (address, uint256);
    function royaltyFeeInfoCollection(address collection)
        external
        view
        returns (
            address,
            address,
            uint256
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeRegistry} from "../interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeRegistry.sol";
/**
 * @title RoyaltyFeeRegistry
 * @notice It is a royalty fee registry for the LooksRare exchange.
 */
contract RoyaltyFeeRegistry is IRoyaltyFeeRegistry, Ownable {
    struct FeeInfo {
        address setter;
        address receiver;
        uint256 fee;
    }
    // Limit (if enforced for fee royalty in percentage (10,000 = 100%)
    uint256 public royaltyFeeLimit;
    mapping(address => FeeInfo) private _royaltyFeeInfoCollection;
    event NewRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 royaltyFeeLimit);
    event RoyaltyFeeUpdate(address indexed collection, address indexed setter, address indexed receiver, uint256 fee);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _royaltyFeeLimit new royalty fee limit (500 = 5%, 1,000 = 10%)
     */
    constructor(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) {
        require(_royaltyFeeLimit <= 9500, "Owner: Royalty fee limit too high");
        royaltyFeeLimit = _royaltyFeeLimit;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update royalty info for collection
     * @param _royaltyFeeLimit new royalty fee limit (500 = 5%, 1,000 = 10%)
     */
    function updateRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) external override onlyOwner {
        require(_royaltyFeeLimit <= 9500, "Owner: Royalty fee limit too high");
        royaltyFeeLimit = _royaltyFeeLimit;
        emit NewRoyaltyFeeLimit(_royaltyFeeLimit);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update royalty info for collection
     * @param collection address of the NFT contract
     * @param setter address that sets the receiver
     * @param receiver receiver for the royalty fee
     * @param fee fee (500 = 5%, 1,000 = 10%)
     */
    function updateRoyaltyInfoForCollection(
        address collection,
        address setter,
        address receiver,
        uint256 fee
    ) external override onlyOwner {
        require(fee <= royaltyFeeLimit, "Registry: Royalty fee too high");
        _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection] = FeeInfo({setter: setter, receiver: receiver, fee: fee});
        emit RoyaltyFeeUpdate(collection, setter, receiver, fee);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate royalty info for a collection address and a sale gross amount
     * @param collection collection address
     * @param amount amount
     * @return receiver address and amount received by royalty recipient
     */
    function royaltyInfo(address collection, uint256 amount) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
        return (
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].receiver,
            (amount * _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].fee) / 10000
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice View royalty info for a collection address
     * @param collection collection address
     */
    function royaltyFeeInfoCollection(address collection)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            address,
            address,
            uint256
        )
    {
        return (
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].setter,
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].receiver,
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].fee
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeRegistry {
    function updateRoyaltyInfoForCollection(
        address collection,
        address setter,
        address receiver,
        uint256 fee
    ) external;
    function updateRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) external;
    function royaltyInfo(address collection, uint256 amount) external view returns (address, uint256);
    function royaltyFeeInfoCollection(address collection)
        external
        view
        returns (
            address,
            address,
            uint256
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
 */
import {ERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {IZoraFeeManager} from "./interfaces/IZoraFeeManager.sol";
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "./interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
import {IERC721Drop} from "./interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
import {IOwnable} from "./interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
import {OwnableSkeleton} from "./utils/OwnableSkeleton.sol";
import {FundsReceiver} from "./utils/FundsReceiver.sol";
import {Version} from "./utils/Version.sol";
import {FactoryUpgradeGate} from "./FactoryUpgradeGate.sol";
import {ERC721DropStorageV1} from "./storage/ERC721DropStorageV1.sol";
/**
 * @notice ZORA NFT Base contract for Drops and Editions
 *
 * @dev For drops: assumes 1. linear mint order, 2. max number of mints needs to be less than max_uint64
 *       (if you have more than 18 quintillion linear mints you should probably not be using this contract)
 * @author iain@zora.co
 *
 */
contract ERC721Drop is
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    UUPSUpgradeable,
    IERC2981Upgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    AccessControlUpgradeable,
    IERC721Drop,
    OwnableSkeleton,
    FundsReceiver,
    Version(7),
    ERC721DropStorageV1
{
    /// @dev This is the max mint batch size for the optimized ERC721A mint contract
    uint256 internal constant MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE = 8;
    /// @dev Gas limit to send funds
    uint256 internal constant FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT = 210_000;
    /// @notice Access control roles
    bytes32 public immutable MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER");
    bytes32 public immutable SALES_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("SALES_MANAGER");
    /// @dev ZORA V3 transfer helper address for auto-approval
    address internal immutable zoraERC721TransferHelper;
    /// @dev Factory upgrade gate
    FactoryUpgradeGate internal immutable factoryUpgradeGate;
    /// @dev Zora Fee Manager address
    IZoraFeeManager public immutable zoraFeeManager;
    /// @notice Max royalty BPS
    uint16 constant MAX_ROYALTY_BPS = 50_00;
    event SalesConfigChanged(address indexed changedBy);
    event FundsRecipientChanged(
        address indexed newAddress,
        address indexed changedBy
    );
    event OpenMintFinalized(address indexed sender, uint256 numberOfMints);
    /// @notice Only allow for users with admin access
    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        if (!hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender)) {
            revert Access_OnlyAdmin();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Only a given role has access or admin
    /// @param role role to check for alongside the admin role
    modifier onlyRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role) {
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender) &&
            !hasRole(role, msg.sender)
        ) {
            revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(role);
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Allows user to mint tokens at a quantity
    modifier canMintTokens(uint256 quantity) {
        if (quantity + _totalMinted() > config.editionSize) {
            revert Mint_SoldOut();
        }
        _;
    }
    function _presaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.presaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.presaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    function _publicSaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.publicSaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.publicSaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    /// @notice Presale active
    modifier onlyPresaleActive() {
        if (!_presaleActive()) {
            revert Presale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Public sale active
    modifier onlyPublicSaleActive() {
        if (!_publicSaleActive()) {
            revert Sale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Getter for last minted token ID (gets next token id and subtracts 1)
    function _lastMintedTokenId() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex - 1;
    }
    /// @notice Start token ID for minting (1-100 vs 0-99)
    function _startTokenId() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    /// @notice Global constructor – these variables will not change with further proxy deploys
    /// @dev Marked as an initializer to prevent storage being used of base implementation. Can only be init'd by a proxy.
    /// @param _zoraFeeManager Zora Fee Manager
    /// @param _zoraERC721TransferHelper Transfer helper
    constructor(
        IZoraFeeManager _zoraFeeManager,
        address _zoraERC721TransferHelper,
        FactoryUpgradeGate _factoryUpgradeGate
    ) initializer {
        zoraFeeManager = _zoraFeeManager;
        zoraERC721TransferHelper = _zoraERC721TransferHelper;
        factoryUpgradeGate = _factoryUpgradeGate;
    }
    ///  @dev Create a new drop contract
    ///  @param _contractName Contract name
    ///  @param _contractSymbol Contract symbol
    ///  @param _initialOwner User that owns and can mint the edition, gets royalty and sales payouts and can update the base url if needed.
    ///  @param _fundsRecipient Wallet/user that receives funds from sale
    ///  @param _editionSize Number of editions that can be minted in total. If 0, unlimited editions can be minted.
    ///  @param _royaltyBPS BPS of the royalty set on the contract. Can be 0 for no royalty.
    ///  @param _salesConfig New sales config to set upon init
    ///  @param _metadataRenderer Renderer contract to use
    ///  @param _metadataRendererInit Renderer data initial contract
    function initialize(
        string memory _contractName,
        string memory _contractSymbol,
        address _initialOwner,
        address payable _fundsRecipient,
        uint64 _editionSize,
        uint16 _royaltyBPS,
        SalesConfiguration memory _salesConfig,
        IMetadataRenderer _metadataRenderer,
        bytes memory _metadataRendererInit
    ) public initializer {
        // Setup ERC721A
        __ERC721A_init(_contractName, _contractSymbol);
        // Setup access control
        __AccessControl_init();
        // Setup re-entracy guard
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        // Setup the owner role
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _initialOwner);
        // Set ownership to original sender of contract call
        _setOwner(_initialOwner);
        if (config.royaltyBPS > MAX_ROYALTY_BPS) {
            revert Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(MAX_ROYALTY_BPS);
        }
        // Update salesConfig
        salesConfig = _salesConfig;
        // Setup config variables
        config.editionSize = _editionSize;
        config.metadataRenderer = _metadataRenderer;
        config.royaltyBPS = _royaltyBPS;
        config.fundsRecipient = _fundsRecipient;
        _metadataRenderer.initializeWithData(_metadataRendererInit);
    }
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, user);
    }
    /// @notice Connects this contract to the factory upgrade gate
    /// @param newImplementation proposed new upgrade implementation
    /// @dev Only can be called by admin
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation)
        internal
        override
        onlyAdmin
    {
        if (
            !factoryUpgradeGate.isValidUpgradePath({
                _newImpl: newImplementation,
                _currentImpl: _getImplementation()
            })
        ) {
            revert Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(newImplementation);
        }
    }
    //        ,-.
    //        `-'
    //        /|\\
    //         |             ,----------.
    //        / \\            |ERC721Drop|
    //      Caller           `----+-----'
    //        |       burn()      |
    //        | ------------------>
    //        |                   |
    //        |                   |----.
    //        |                   |    | burn token
    //        |                   |<---'
    //      Caller           ,----+-----.
    //        ,-.            |ERC721Drop|
    //        `-'            `----------'
    //        /|\\
    //         |
    //        / \\
    /// @param tokenId Token ID to burn
    /// @notice User burn function for token id
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public {
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @dev Get royalty information for token
    /// @param _salePrice Sale price for the token
    function royaltyInfo(uint256, uint256 _salePrice)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
    {
        if (config.fundsRecipient == address(0)) {
            return (config.fundsRecipient, 0);
        }
        return (
            config.fundsRecipient,
            (_salePrice * config.royaltyBPS) / 10_000
        );
    }
    /// @notice Sale details
    /// @return IERC721Drop.SaleDetails sale information details
    function saleDetails()
        external
        view
        returns (IERC721Drop.SaleDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.SaleDetails({
                publicSaleActive: _publicSaleActive(),
                presaleActive: _presaleActive(),
                publicSalePrice: salesConfig.publicSalePrice,
                publicSaleStart: salesConfig.publicSaleStart,
                publicSaleEnd: salesConfig.publicSaleEnd,
                presaleStart: salesConfig.presaleStart,
                presaleEnd: salesConfig.presaleEnd,
                presaleMerkleRoot: salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                totalMinted: _totalMinted(),
                maxSupply: config.editionSize,
                maxSalePurchasePerAddress: salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
            });
    }
    /// @dev Number of NFTs the user has minted per address
    /// @param minter to get counts for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails({
                presaleMints: presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                publicMints: _numberMinted(minter) -
                    presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                totalMints: _numberMinted(minter)
            });
    }
    /// @dev Setup auto-approval for Zora v3 access to sell NFT
    ///      Still requires approval for module
    /// @param nftOwner owner of the nft
    /// @param operator operator wishing to transfer/burn/etc the NFTs
    function isApprovedForAll(address nftOwner, address operator)
        public
        view
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (operator == zoraERC721TransferHelper) {
            return true;
        }
        return super.isApprovedForAll(nftOwner, operator);
    }
    /// @dev Gets the zora fee for amount of withdraw
    /// @param amount amount of funds to get fee for
    function zoraFeeForAmount(uint256 amount)
        public
        returns (address payable, uint256)
    {
        (address payable recipient, uint256 bps) = zoraFeeManager
            .getZORAWithdrawFeesBPS(address(this));
        return (recipient, (amount * bps) / 10_000);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     PUBLIC MINTING FUNCTIONS       ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                       ,----------.
    //                       / \\                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                     `----+-----'
    //                       |          purchase()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------->
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?      !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Mint_SoldOut()    |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  public sale isn't active?        |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Sale_Inactive()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?           |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            | revert Purchase_WrongPrice()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       | return first minted token ID|
    //                       | <----------------------------
    //                     Caller                     ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                      `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /**
      @dev This allows the user to purchase a edition edition
           at the given price in the contract.
     */
    function purchase(uint256 quantity)
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPublicSaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 salePrice = salesConfig.publicSalePrice;
        if (msg.value != salePrice * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(salePrice * quantity);
        }
        // If max purchase per address == 0 there is no limit.
        // Any other number, the per address mint limit is that.
        if (
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress != 0 &&
            _numberMinted(_msgSender()) +
                quantity -
                presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] >
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
        ) {
            revert Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: salePrice,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /// @notice Function to mint NFTs
    /// @dev (important: Does not enforce max supply limit, enforce that limit earlier)
    /// @dev This batches in size of 8 as per recommended by ERC721A creators
    /// @param to address to mint NFTs to
    /// @param quantity number of NFTs to mint
    function _mintNFTs(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        do {
            uint256 toMint = quantity > MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                ? MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                : quantity;
            _mint({to: to, quantity: toMint});
            quantity -= toMint;
        } while (quantity > 0);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         purchasePresale()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  presale sale isn't active?             |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |     revert Presale_Inactive()     |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  merkle proof unapproved for caller?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?                 |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |    revert Purchase_WrongPrice()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return first minted token ID   |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Merkle-tree based presale purchase function
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity max quantity that can be purchased via merkle proof #
    /// @param pricePerToken price that each token is purchased at
    /// @param merkleProof proof for presale mint
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPresaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (
            !MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
                merkleProof,
                salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    // address, uint256, uint256
                    abi.encode(msg.sender, maxQuantity, pricePerToken)
                )
            )
        ) {
            revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
        }
        if (msg.value != pricePerToken * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(pricePerToken * quantity);
        }
        presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] += quantity;
        if (presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] > maxQuantity) {
            revert Presale_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: pricePerToken,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     ADMIN MINTING FUNCTIONS        ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |            adminMint()            |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Mint admin
    /// @param recipient recipient to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    function adminMint(address recipient, uint256 quantity)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        _mintNFTs(recipient, quantity);
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         adminMintAirdrop()        |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for recipients to mint?        !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _____________________________________
    //                       |                    ! LOOP  /  for all recipients        !
    //                       |                    !______/       |                     !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                !
    //                       |                    !              |    | mint tokens    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This mints multiple editions to the given list of addresses.
    /// @param recipients list of addresses to send the newly minted editions to
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] calldata recipients)
        external
        override
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(recipients.length)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 atId = _currentIndex;
        uint256 startAt = atId;
        unchecked {
            for (
                uint256 endAt = atId + recipients.length;
                atId < endAt;
                atId++
            ) {
                _mintNFTs(recipients[atId - startAt], 1);
            }
        }
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***  ADMIN CONFIGURATION FUNCTIONS     ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?          |               !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set owner
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev Set new owner for royalties / opensea
    /// @param newOwner new owner to set
    function setOwner(address newOwner) public onlyAdmin {
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |      setSalesConfiguration()      |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?                   |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set funds recipient
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit FundsRecipientChanged()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This sets the sales configuration
    // / @param publicSalePrice New public sale price
    function setSaleConfiguration(
        uint104 publicSalePrice,
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        uint64 publicSaleStart,
        uint64 publicSaleEnd,
        uint64 presaleStart,
        uint64 presaleEnd,
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        // SalesConfiguration storage newConfig = SalesConfiguration({
        //     publicSaleStart: publicSaleStart,
        //     publicSaleEnd: publicSaleEnd,
        //     presaleStart: presaleStart,
        //     presaleEnd: presaleEnd,
        //     publicSalePrice: publicSalePrice,
        //     maxSalePurchasePerAddress: maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        //     presaleMerkleRoot: presaleMerkleRoot
        // });
        salesConfig.publicSalePrice = publicSalePrice;
        salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress = maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        salesConfig.publicSaleStart = publicSaleStart;
        salesConfig.publicSaleEnd = publicSaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleStart = presaleStart;
        salesConfig.presaleEnd = presaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot = presaleMerkleRoot;
        emit SalesConfigChanged(_msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?    !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set sales configuration
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | emit SalesConfigChanged()
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Set a different funds recipient
    /// @param newRecipientAddress new funds recipient address
    function setFundsRecipient(address payable newRecipientAddress)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        // TODO(iain): funds recipient cannot be 0?
        config.fundsRecipient = newRecipientAddress;
        emit FundsRecipientChanged(newRecipientAddress, _msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |                      ,----------.
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                `----+-----'
    //                       |                    |           withdraw()   |                            |
    //                       | ------------------------------------------------------------------------->
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //          ________________________________________________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or manager?                  |                            |               !
    //          !_____/      |                    |                        |                            |               !
    //          !            |                    revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed()                    |               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------------------------------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                   send fee amount                   |
    //                       |                    | <----------------------------------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        | send remaining funds amount|
    //                       |                    |                        | <---------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'                     `----------'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\
    /// @notice This withdraws ETH from the contract to the contract owner.
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        // Get fee amount
        uint256 funds = address(this).balance;
        (address payable feeRecipient, uint256 zoraFee) = zoraFeeForAmount(
            funds
        );
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, sender) &&
            !hasRole(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE, sender) &&
            sender != feeRecipient &&
            sender != config.fundsRecipient
        ) {
            revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
        }
        // Payout ZORA fee
        if (zoraFee > 0) {
            (bool successFee, ) = feeRecipient.call{
                value: zoraFee,
                gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT
            }("");
            if (!successFee) {
                revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
            }
            funds -= zoraFee;
        }
        // Payout recipient
        (bool successFunds, ) = config.fundsRecipient.call{
            value: funds,
            gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT
        }("");
        if (!successFunds) {
            revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
        }
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |       finalizeOpenEdition()       |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?             !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _______________________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    ! ALT  /  drop is not an open edition?                                 !
    //                       |                    !_____/        |                                                       !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                                                  !
    //                       |                    !              |    | revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition()    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                                                  !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set config edition size
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit OpenMintFinalized()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Admin function to finalize and open edition sale
    function finalizeOpenEdition()
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        if (config.editionSize != type(uint64).max) {
            revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
        }
        config.editionSize = uint64(_totalMinted());
        emit OpenMintFinalized(_msgSender(), config.editionSize);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***      GENERAL GETTER FUNCTIONS      ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    /// @notice Simple override for owner interface.
    /// @return user owner address
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(OwnableSkeleton, IERC721Drop)
        returns (address)
    {
        return super.owner();
    }
    /// @notice Contract URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @return Contract URI
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory) {
        return config.metadataRenderer.contractURI();
    }
    /// @notice Getter for metadataRenderer contract
    function metadataRenderer() external view returns (IMetadataRenderer) {
        return IMetadataRenderer(config.metadataRenderer);
    }
    /// @notice Token URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @param tokenId id of token to get URI for
    /// @return Token URI
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert IERC721AUpgradeable.URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        return config.metadataRenderer.tokenURI(tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice ERC165 supports interface
    /// @param interfaceId interface id to check if supported
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        override(
            IERC165Upgradeable,
            ERC721AUpgradeable,
            AccessControlUpgradeable
        )
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IOwnable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC721Drop).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
    uint256 internal _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 internal _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data
    mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr && curr < _currentIndex) {
                TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                if (!ownership.burned) {
                    if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                        return ownership;
                    }
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                    // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                    // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                    while (true) {
                        curr--;
                        ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner && !isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
            revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract() && !_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
            revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
            }
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex != end);
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) private {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            _addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address owner
    ) private {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[42] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
 *
 * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
 * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
 * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
 *
 * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
            } else {
                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
            }
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable, ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable state-variable-assignment
    address private immutable __self = address(this);
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        require(address(this) != __self, "Function must be called through delegatecall");
        require(_getImplementation() == __self, "Function must be called through active proxy");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        require(address(this) == __self, "UUPSUpgradeable: must not be called through delegatecall");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate that the this implementation remains valid after an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual override notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, new bytes(0), false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) external payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeTo} and {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IZoraFeeManager {
    function getZORAWithdrawFeesBPS(address sender) external returns (address payable, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IMetadataRenderer {
    function tokenURI(uint256) external view returns (string memory);
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    function initializeWithData(bytes memory initData) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "../interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
*/
/// @notice Interface for ZORA Drops contract
interface IERC721Drop {
    // Access errors
    /// @notice Only admin can access this function
    error Access_OnlyAdmin();
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    /// @notice Withdraw is not allowed by this user
    error Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
    /// @notice Cannot withdraw funds due to ETH send failure.
    error Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
    // Sale/Purchase errors
    /// @notice Sale is inactive
    error Sale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale is inactive
    error Presale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale merkle root is invalid
    error Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
    /// @notice Wrong price for purchase
    error Purchase_WrongPrice(uint256 correctPrice);
    /// @notice NFT sold out
    error Mint_SoldOut();
    /// @notice Too many purchase for address
    error Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
    /// @notice Too many presale for address
    error Presale_TooManyForAddress();
    // Admin errors
    /// @notice Royalty percentage too high
    error Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(uint16 maxRoyaltyBPS);
    /// @notice Invalid admin upgrade address
    error Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(address proposedAddress);
    /// @notice Unable to finalize an edition not marked as open (size set to uint64_max_value)
    error Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param to address sale was made to
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param pricePerToken price for each token
    /// @param firstPurchasedTokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    event Sale(
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed quantity,
        uint256 indexed pricePerToken,
        uint256 firstPurchasedTokenId
    );
    /// @notice General configuration for NFT Minting and bookkeeping
    struct Configuration {
        /// @dev Metadata renderer (uint160)
        IMetadataRenderer metadataRenderer;
        /// @dev Total size of edition that can be minted (uint160+64 = 224)
        uint64 editionSize;
        /// @dev Royalty amount in bps (uint224+16 = 240)
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        /// @dev Funds recipient for sale (new slot, uint160)
        address payable fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct SalesConfiguration {
        /// @dev Public sale price (max ether value > 1000 ether with this value)
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct SaleDetails {
        // Synthesized status variables for sale and presale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool presaleActive;
        // Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        // Timed sale actions for public sale
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        // Timed sale actions for presale
        uint64 presaleStart;
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        // Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        // Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        // Information about the rest of the supply
        // Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        // The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return type of specific mint counts and details per address
    struct AddressMintDetails {
        /// Number of total mints from the given address
        uint256 totalMints;
        /// Number of presale mints from the given address
        uint256 presaleMints;
        /// Number of public mints from the given address
        uint256 publicMints;
    }
    /// @notice External purchase function (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchase(uint256 quantity) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice External purchase presale function (takes a merkle proof and matches to root) (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity can purchase (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param pricePerToken price per token allowed (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param merkleProof input for merkle proof leaf verified by merkle root
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] memory merkleProof
    ) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Function to return the global sales details for the given drop
    function saleDetails() external view returns (SaleDetails memory);
    /// @notice Function to return the specific sales details for a given address
    /// @param minter address for minter to return mint information for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        returns (AddressMintDetails memory);
    /// @notice This is the opensea/public owner setting that can be set by the contract admin
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a quantity to a specific address
    /// @param to address to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMint(address to, uint256 quantity) external returns (uint256);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a single nft each to a list of addresses
    /// @param to list of addresses to mint an NFT each to
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] memory to) external returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 *
 */
interface IOwnable {
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IOwnable} from "../interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 */
contract OwnableSkeleton is IOwnable {
    address private _owner;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    function _setOwner(address newAddress) internal {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newAddress);
        _owner = newAddress;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @notice This allows this contract to receive native currency funds from other contracts
 * Uses event logging for UI reasons.
 */
contract FundsReceiver {
    event FundsReceived(address indexed source, uint256 amount);
    receive() external payable {
        emit FundsReceived(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
contract Version {
  uint32 private immutable __version;
  /// @notice The version of the contract
  /// @return The version ID of this contract implementation
  function contractVersion() external view returns (uint32) {
      return __version;
  }
  constructor(uint32 version) {
    __version = version;
  }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IFactoryUpgradeGate} from "./interfaces/IFactoryUpgradeGate.sol";
import "./utils/OwnableSkeleton.sol";
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
 */
/// @notice This contract handles gating allowed upgrades for Zora drops contracts
contract FactoryUpgradeGate is IFactoryUpgradeGate, OwnableSkeleton {
    /// @notice Private mapping of valid upgrade paths
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _validUpgradePaths;
    /// @notice Emitted when an upgrade path is added / registered
    event UpgradePathRegistered(address newImpl, address oldImpl);
    /// @notice Emitted when an upgrade path is removed
    event UpgradePathRemoved(address newImpl, address oldImpl);
    /// @notice Error for when not called from admin
    error Access_OnlyOwner();
    /// @dev Modifier to gate only owner access
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (msg.sender != owner()) {
            revert Access_OnlyOwner();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Sets the owner and inits the contract
    /// @param _owner owner of the contract
    constructor(address _owner) {
        _setOwner(_owner);
    }
    /// @notice Ensures the given upgrade path is valid and does not overwrite existing storage slots
    /// @param _newImpl The proposed implementation address
    /// @param _currentImpl The current implementation address
    function isValidUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address _currentImpl)
        external
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        return _validUpgradePaths[_newImpl][_currentImpl];
    }
    /// @notice Registers a new safe upgrade path for an implementation
    /// @param _newImpl The new implementation
    /// @param _supportedPrevImpls Safe implementations that can upgrade to this new implementation
    function registerNewUpgradePath(
        address _newImpl,
        address[] calldata _supportedPrevImpls
    ) external onlyOwner {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _supportedPrevImpls.length; i++) {
            _validUpgradePaths[_newImpl][_supportedPrevImpls[i]] = true;
            emit UpgradePathRegistered(_newImpl, _supportedPrevImpls[i]);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Unregisters an upgrade path, in case of emergency
    /// @param _newImpl the newer implementation
    /// @param _prevImpl the older implementation
    function unregisterUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address _prevImpl)
        external
        onlyOwner
    {
        _validUpgradePaths[_newImpl][_prevImpl] = false;
        emit UpgradePathRemoved(_newImpl, _prevImpl);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IERC721Drop} from "../interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
contract ERC721DropStorageV1 {
    /// @notice Configuration for NFT minting contract storage
    IERC721Drop.Configuration public config;
    /// @notice Sales configuration
    IERC721Drop.SalesConfiguration public salesConfig;
    /// @dev Mapping for presale mint counts by address to allow public mint limit
    mapping(address => uint256) public presaleMintsByAddress;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
 * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() initializer {}
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     */
    bool private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
            _initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlotUpgradeable.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            AddressUpgradeable.isContract(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function _functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) private returns (bytes memory) {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IFactoryUpgradeGate {
  function isValidUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address _currentImpl) external returns (bool);
  function registerNewUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address[] calldata _supportedPrevImpls) external;
  function unregisterUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address _prevImpl) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeaconUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
import {ITransferSelectorNFT} from "./interfaces/ITransferSelectorNFT.sol";
/**
 * @title TransferSelectorNFT
 * @notice It selects the NFT transfer manager based on a collection address.
 */
contract TransferSelectorNFT is ITransferSelectorNFT, Ownable {
    // ERC721 interfaceID
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC721 = 0x80ac58cd;
    // ERC1155 interfaceID
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC1155 = 0xd9b67a26;
    // Address of the transfer manager contract for ERC721 tokens
    address public immutable TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC721;
    // Address of the transfer manager contract for ERC1155 tokens
    address public immutable TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC1155;
    // Map collection address to transfer manager address
    mapping(address => address) public transferManagerSelectorForCollection;
    event CollectionTransferManagerAdded(address indexed collection, address indexed transferManager);
    event CollectionTransferManagerRemoved(address indexed collection);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _transferManagerERC721 address of the ERC721 transfer manager
     * @param _transferManagerERC1155 address of the ERC1155 transfer manager
     */
    constructor(address _transferManagerERC721, address _transferManagerERC1155) {
        TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC721 = _transferManagerERC721;
        TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC1155 = _transferManagerERC1155;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Add a transfer manager for a collection
     * @param collection collection address to add specific transfer rule
     * @dev It is meant to be used for exceptions only (e.g., CryptoKitties)
     */
    function addCollectionTransferManager(address collection, address transferManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(collection != address(0), "Owner: Collection cannot be null address");
        require(transferManager != address(0), "Owner: TransferManager cannot be null address");
        transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection] = transferManager;
        emit CollectionTransferManagerAdded(collection, transferManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove a transfer manager for a collection
     * @param collection collection address to remove exception
     */
    function removeCollectionTransferManager(address collection) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection] != address(0),
            "Owner: Collection has no transfer manager"
        );
        // Set it to the address(0)
        transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection] = address(0);
        emit CollectionTransferManagerRemoved(collection);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check the transfer manager for a token
     * @param collection collection address
     * @dev Support for ERC165 interface is checked AFTER custom implementation
     */
    function checkTransferManagerForToken(address collection) external view override returns (address transferManager) {
        // Assign transfer manager (if any)
        transferManager = transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection];
        if (transferManager == address(0)) {
            if (IERC165(collection).supportsInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC721)) {
                transferManager = TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC721;
            } else if (IERC165(collection).supportsInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC1155)) {
                transferManager = TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC1155;
            }
        }
        return transferManager;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferSelectorNFT {
    function checkTransferManagerForToken(address collection) external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {ITransferManagerNFT} from "../interfaces/ITransferManagerNFT.sol";
/**
 * @title TransferManagerERC721
 * @notice It allows the transfer of ERC721 tokens.
 */
contract TransferManagerERC721 is ITransferManagerNFT {
    address public immutable LOOKS_RARE_EXCHANGE;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _looksRareExchange address of the LooksRare exchange
     */
    constructor(address _looksRareExchange) {
        LOOKS_RARE_EXCHANGE = _looksRareExchange;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ERC721 token
     * @param collection address of the collection
     * @param from address of the sender
     * @param to address of the recipient
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @dev For ERC721, amount is not used
     */
    function transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256
    ) external override {
        require(msg.sender == LOOKS_RARE_EXCHANGE, "Transfer: Only LooksRare Exchange");
        // https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/2.x/api/token/erc721#IERC721-safeTransferFrom
        IERC721(collection).safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferManagerNFT {
    function transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}